"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/tg.po" (19 Feb 2021, 710700 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 msgid ""
    7 msgstr ""
    8 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
    9 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   11 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-15 12:10-0500\n"
   12 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   13 "Language-Team: Tajik (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
   14 "tg/)\n"
   15 "Language: tg\n"
   16 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   19 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
   20 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   21 
   22 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   23 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   24 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   25 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   26 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   27 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   28 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   29 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   30 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   31 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   32 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   33 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   34 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   35 msgstr ""
   36 
   37 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   38 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   39 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   40 msgstr ""
   41 
   42 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   43 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   44 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   45 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   46 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   47 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   48 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   49 msgid "8"
   50 msgstr "8"
   51 
   52 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   53 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   54 msgid "modify a group"
   55 msgstr ""
   56 
   57 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   58 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   59 msgid ""
   60 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   61 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   62 "arg>"
   63 msgstr ""
   64 
   65 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   66 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   67 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   68 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   69 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   70 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   71 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   72 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   73 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   74 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   75 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   76 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   77 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   78 msgstr "ШАРҲ"
   79 
   80 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   81 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   82 msgid ""
   83 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   84 "that are specified on the command line."
   85 msgstr ""
   86 
   87 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   88 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   89 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   90 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   91 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   92 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   93 msgid "OPTIONS"
   94 msgstr "ИМКОНОТҲО"
   95 
   96 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
   97 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
   98 msgid ""
   99 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  100 "replaceable>"
  101 msgstr ""
  102 
  103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  104 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  105 msgid ""
  106 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  107 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  108 "a comma separated list of group names."
  109 msgstr ""
  110 
  111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  112 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  113 msgid ""
  114 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  115 "replaceable>"
  116 msgstr ""
  117 
  118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  119 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  120 msgid ""
  121 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  122 "replaceable> parameter."
  123 msgstr ""
  124 
  125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  127 msgid "sssd.conf"
  128 msgstr ""
  129 
  130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  132 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  133 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  134 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  135 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  136 msgid "5"
  137 msgstr "5"
  138 
  139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  140 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  141 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  142 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  143 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  144 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  145 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  146 msgstr ""
  147 
  148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  150 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  151 msgstr ""
  152 
  153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  155 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  156 msgstr "Формати файл"
  157 
  158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  160 #, no-wrap
  161 msgid ""
  162 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  163 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  164 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  165 "            "
  166 msgstr ""
  167 
  168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  170 msgid ""
  171 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  172 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  173 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  174 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  175 msgstr ""
  176 
  177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  179 msgid ""
  180 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  181 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  182 msgstr ""
  183 
  184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  186 msgid ""
  187 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  188 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  189 msgstr ""
  190 
  191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  193 msgid ""
  194 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  195 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  196 msgstr ""
  197 
  198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  199 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  200 msgid ""
  201 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  202 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  203 msgstr ""
  204 
  205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  207 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  208 msgstr ""
  209 
  210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  212 msgid ""
  213 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  214 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  215 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  216 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  217 msgstr ""
  218 
  219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  221 msgid ""
  222 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  223 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  224 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  225 "to configure SSSD."
  226 msgstr ""
  227 
  228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  230 msgid ""
  231 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  232 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  233 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  234 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  235 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  236 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  237 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  238 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  239 msgstr ""
  240 
  241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  243 msgid ""
  244 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  245 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  246 msgstr ""
  247 
  248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  250 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  251 msgstr ""
  252 
  253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  255 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  256 msgstr ""
  257 
  258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  259 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  260 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  261 msgstr ""
  262 
  263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  265 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  266 msgstr ""
  267 
  268 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  269 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  270 msgid "debug (integer)"
  271 msgstr ""
  272 
  273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  275 msgid ""
  276 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  277 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  278 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  279 "used."
  280 msgstr ""
  281 
  282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  284 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  285 msgstr ""
  286 
  287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  289 msgid ""
  290 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  291 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  292 msgstr ""
  293 
  294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  295 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  298 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  299 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  300 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  301 msgid "Default: true"
  302 msgstr "Пешфарз: true"
  303 
  304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  306 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  307 msgstr ""
  308 
  309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  311 msgid ""
  312 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  313 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  314 msgstr ""
  315 
  316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  319 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  320 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  321 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  322 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  323 msgid "Default: false"
  324 msgstr "Пешфарз: false"
  325 
  326 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  329 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  330 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  331 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  332 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  333 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  334 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  335 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  336 msgstr ""
  337 
  338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  340 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  341 msgstr ""
  342 
  343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  345 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  346 msgstr ""
  347 
  348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  350 msgid ""
  351 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  352 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  353 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  354 msgstr ""
  355 
  356 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  359 msgid "Default: 10"
  360 msgstr "Пешфарз: 10"
  361 
  362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  364 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  365 msgstr ""
  366 
  367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  369 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  370 msgstr ""
  371 
  372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  374 msgid "Section parameters"
  375 msgstr ""
  376 
  377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  379 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  380 msgstr ""
  381 
  382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  384 msgid ""
  385 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  386 "version 2."
  387 msgstr ""
  388 
  389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  390 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  391 msgid "services"
  392 msgstr ""
  393 
  394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  395 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  396 msgid ""
  397 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  398 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  399 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  400 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  401 msgstr ""
  402 
  403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  405 msgid ""
  406 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  407 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  408 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  409 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  410 msgstr ""
  411 
  412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  413 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  414 msgid ""
  415 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  416 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  417 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  418 msgstr ""
  419 
  420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  422 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  423 msgstr ""
  424 
  425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  427 msgid ""
  428 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  429 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  430 msgstr ""
  431 
  432 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  434 msgid "Default: 3"
  435 msgstr "Пешфарз: 3"
  436 
  437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  439 msgid "domains"
  440 msgstr ""
  441 
  442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  444 msgid ""
  445 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  446 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  447 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  448 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  449 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  450 "is forbidden."
  451 msgstr ""
  452 
  453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  455 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  456 msgstr ""
  457 
  458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  460 msgid ""
  461 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  462 "user name and domain into these components."
  463 msgstr ""
  464 
  465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  467 msgid ""
  468 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  469 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  470 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  471 msgstr ""
  472 
  473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  475 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  476 msgstr ""
  477 
  478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  479 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  480 msgid ""
  481 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  482 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  483 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  484 msgstr ""
  485 
  486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  488 msgid "%1$s"
  489 msgstr ""
  490 
  491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  493 msgid "user name"
  494 msgstr ""
  495 
  496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  498 msgid "%2$s"
  499 msgstr ""
  500 
  501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  502 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  503 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  504 msgstr ""
  505 
  506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  508 msgid "%3$s"
  509 msgstr ""
  510 
  511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  513 msgid ""
  514 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  515 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  516 msgstr ""
  517 
  518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  519 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  520 msgid ""
  521 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  522 "id=\"0\"/>"
  523 msgstr ""
  524 
  525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  527 msgid ""
  528 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  529 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  530 msgstr ""
  531 
  532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  534 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  535 msgstr ""
  536 
  537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  539 msgid ""
  540 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  541 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  542 msgstr ""
  543 
  544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  545 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  546 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  547 msgstr ""
  548 
  549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  551 msgid ""
  552 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  553 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  554 "be used."
  555 msgstr ""
  556 
  557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  559 msgid ""
  560 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  561 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  562 "to 'false'"
  563 msgstr ""
  564 
  565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  567 msgid ""
  568 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  569 "platforms."
  570 msgstr ""
  571 
  572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  574 msgid ""
  575 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  576 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  577 msgstr ""
  578 
  579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  581 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  582 msgstr ""
  583 
  584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  585 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  586 msgid ""
  587 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  588 "files."
  589 msgstr ""
  590 
  591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  592 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  593 msgid ""
  594 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  595 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  596 msgstr ""
  597 
  598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  600 msgid ""
  601 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  602 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  603 msgstr ""
  604 
  605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  606 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  607 msgid "user (string)"
  608 msgstr ""
  609 
  610 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  611 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  612 msgid ""
  613 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  614 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  615 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  616 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  617 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  618 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  619 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  620 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  621 msgstr ""
  622 
  623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  625 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  626 msgstr ""
  627 
  628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  630 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  631 msgstr ""
  632 
  633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  635 msgid ""
  636 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  637 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  638 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  639 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  640 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  641 msgstr ""
  642 
  643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  645 msgid ""
  646 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  647 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  648 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  649 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  650 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  651 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  652 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  653 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  654 msgstr ""
  655 
  656 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  658 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  659 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  660 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  661 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  662 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  663 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  664 msgid "Default: not set"
  665 msgstr ""
  666 
  667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  669 msgid "override_space (string)"
  670 msgstr ""
  671 
  672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  674 msgid ""
  675 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  676 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  677 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  678 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  679 "separator in the shell."
  680 msgstr ""
  681 
  682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  683 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  684 msgid ""
  685 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  686 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  687 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  688 "of a lookup is undefined."
  689 msgstr ""
  690 
  691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  693 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  694 msgstr ""
  695 
  696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  698 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  699 msgstr ""
  700 
  701 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  702 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  703 msgid "no_ocsp"
  704 msgstr ""
  705 
  706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  708 msgid ""
  709 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  710 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  711 "the client."
  712 msgstr ""
  713 
  714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  716 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  717 msgstr ""
  718 
  719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  720 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  721 msgid ""
  722 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  723 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  724 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  725 msgstr ""
  726 
  727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  729 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  730 msgstr ""
  731 
  732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  734 msgid ""
  735 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  736 "request. Allowed values are:"
  737 msgstr ""
  738 
  739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  741 msgid "sha1"
  742 msgstr ""
  743 
  744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  745 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  746 msgid "sha256"
  747 msgstr ""
  748 
  749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  751 msgid "sha384"
  752 msgstr ""
  753 
  754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  756 msgid "sha512"
  757 msgstr ""
  758 
  759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  760 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  761 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  762 msgstr ""
  763 
  764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  766 msgid "no_verification"
  767 msgstr ""
  768 
  769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  770 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  771 msgid ""
  772 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  773 "testing."
  774 msgstr ""
  775 
  776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  777 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  778 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  779 msgstr ""
  780 
  781 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  782 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  783 msgid ""
  784 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  785 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  786 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  787 msgstr ""
  788 
  789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  791 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  792 msgstr ""
  793 
  794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  796 msgid ""
  797 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  798 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  799 msgstr ""
  800 
  801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  803 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  804 msgstr ""
  805 
  806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  807 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  808 msgid ""
  809 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  810 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  811 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  812 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  813 msgstr ""
  814 
  815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  817 msgid "soft_crl"
  818 msgstr ""
  819 
  820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  822 msgid ""
  823 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  824 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  825 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  826 msgstr ""
  827 
  828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  830 msgid ""
  831 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  832 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  833 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  834 msgstr ""
  835 
  836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  838 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  839 msgstr ""
  840 
  841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  843 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  844 msgstr ""
  845 
  846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  847 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  848 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  849 msgstr ""
  850 
  851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  852 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  853 msgid ""
  854 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  855 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  856 msgstr ""
  857 
  858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  860 msgid ""
  861 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  862 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  863 msgstr ""
  864 
  865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  866 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  867 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  868 msgstr ""
  869 
  870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  872 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  873 msgstr ""
  874 
  875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  877 msgid ""
  878 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  879 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  880 msgstr ""
  881 
  882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  884 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  885 msgstr ""
  886 
  887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  889 msgid ""
  890 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  891 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  892 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  893 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  894 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  895 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  896 msgstr ""
  897 
  898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  900 msgid ""
  901 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  902 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  903 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  904 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  905 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  906 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  907 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  908 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  909 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  910 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  911 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  912 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  913 msgstr ""
  914 
  915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  917 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  918 msgid "Default: Not set"
  919 msgstr ""
  920 
  921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  922 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  923 msgid ""
  924 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  925 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  926 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  927 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  928 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  929 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  930 msgstr ""
  931 
  932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  934 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  935 msgstr ""
  936 
  937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  939 msgid ""
  940 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  941 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  942 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  943 "quote>"
  944 msgstr ""
  945 
  946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  948 msgid "General service configuration options"
  949 msgstr ""
  950 
  951 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  952 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  953 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  954 msgstr ""
  955 
  956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  957 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  958 msgid "fd_limit"
  959 msgstr ""
  960 
  961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  962 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  963 msgid ""
  964 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  965 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  966 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  967 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  968 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  969 msgstr ""
  970 
  971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  972 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  973 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  974 msgstr ""
  975 
  976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  977 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  978 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  979 msgstr ""
  980 
  981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  982 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  983 msgid ""
  984 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  985 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  986 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  987 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  988 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  989 msgstr ""
  990 
  991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
  993 #, fuzzy
  994 #| msgid "Default: 5400"
  995 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
  996 msgstr "Пешфарз: 5400"
  997 
  998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1000 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1001 msgstr ""
 1002 
 1003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1004 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1005 msgid ""
 1006 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1007 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1008 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1009 msgstr ""
 1010 
 1011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1013 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1014 msgstr ""
 1015 
 1016 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1017 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1018 msgid ""
 1019 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1020 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1021 msgstr ""
 1022 
 1023 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1024 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1025 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1026 msgstr ""
 1027 
 1028 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1029 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1030 msgid ""
 1031 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1032 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1033 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1034 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1035 msgstr ""
 1036 
 1037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1040 msgid "Default: 60"
 1041 msgstr ""
 1042 
 1043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1045 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1046 msgstr ""
 1047 
 1048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1049 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1050 msgid ""
 1051 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1052 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1053 msgstr ""
 1054 
 1055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1056 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1057 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1058 msgstr ""
 1059 
 1060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1062 msgid ""
 1063 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1064 "parameter value."
 1065 msgstr ""
 1066 
 1067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1068 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1069 msgid ""
 1070 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1071 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1072 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1073 "offline_timeout."
 1074 msgstr ""
 1075 
 1076 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1077 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1078 msgid ""
 1079 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1080 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1081 msgstr ""
 1082 
 1083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1085 #, fuzzy
 1086 #| msgid "Default: 3"
 1087 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1088 msgstr "Пешфарз: 3"
 1089 
 1090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1092 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1093 msgstr ""
 1094 
 1095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1097 msgid ""
 1098 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1099 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1100 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1101 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1102 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1103 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1104 "activated."
 1105 msgstr ""
 1106 
 1107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1109 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1110 msgid "Default: 300"
 1111 msgstr ""
 1112 
 1113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1114 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1115 msgid "cache_first"
 1116 msgstr ""
 1117 
 1118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1120 msgid ""
 1121 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1122 "querying the Data Providers."
 1123 msgstr ""
 1124 
 1125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1127 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1128 msgstr ""
 1129 
 1130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1132 msgid ""
 1133 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1134 msgstr ""
 1135 
 1136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1138 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1139 msgstr ""
 1140 
 1141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1143 msgid ""
 1144 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1145 "all users)"
 1146 msgstr ""
 1147 
 1148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1150 msgid "Default: 120"
 1151 msgstr "Пешфарз: 120"
 1152 
 1153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1155 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1156 msgstr ""
 1157 
 1158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1160 msgid ""
 1161 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1162 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1163 "for the domain."
 1164 msgstr ""
 1165 
 1166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1168 msgid ""
 1169 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1170 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1171 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1172 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1173 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1174 msgstr ""
 1175 
 1176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1178 msgid ""
 1179 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1180 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1181 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1182 "disables this feature)"
 1183 msgstr ""
 1184 
 1185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1187 msgid "Default: 50"
 1188 msgstr "Пешфарз: 50"
 1189 
 1190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1192 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1193 msgstr ""
 1194 
 1195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1197 msgid ""
 1198 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1199 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1200 "before asking the back end again."
 1201 msgstr ""
 1202 
 1203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1205 msgid "Default: 15"
 1206 msgstr "Пешфарз: 15"
 1207 
 1208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1210 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1211 msgstr ""
 1212 
 1213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1215 msgid ""
 1216 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1217 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1218 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1219 msgstr ""
 1220 
 1221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1223 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1224 msgstr ""
 1225 
 1226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1227 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1228 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1229 msgstr ""
 1230 
 1231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1233 msgid ""
 1234 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1235 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1236 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1237 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1238 msgstr ""
 1239 
 1240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1242 msgid ""
 1243 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1244 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1245 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1246 "member users of the latter listed."
 1247 msgstr ""
 1248 
 1249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1251 msgid "Default: root"
 1252 msgstr "Пешфарз: root"
 1253 
 1254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1256 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1257 msgstr ""
 1258 
 1259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1261 msgid ""
 1262 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1263 msgstr ""
 1264 
 1265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1267 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1268 msgstr ""
 1269 
 1270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1272 msgid ""
 1273 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1274 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1275 msgstr ""
 1276 
 1277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1278 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1279 msgid ""
 1280 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1281 msgstr ""
 1282 
 1283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1285 #, no-wrap
 1286 msgid ""
 1287 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1288 "                            "
 1289 msgstr ""
 1290 
 1291 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1293 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1294 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1295 msgstr ""
 1296 
 1297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1299 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1300 msgstr ""
 1301 
 1302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1304 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1305 msgstr ""
 1306 
 1307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1309 msgid ""
 1310 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1311 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1312 "or per-domain."
 1313 msgstr ""
 1314 
 1315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1316 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1317 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1318 msgstr ""
 1319 
 1320 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1321 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1322 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1323 msgstr ""
 1324 
 1325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1327 msgid ""
 1328 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1329 msgstr ""
 1330 
 1331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1332 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1333 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1334 msgstr ""
 1335 
 1336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1337 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1338 msgid ""
 1339 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1340 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1341 msgstr ""
 1342 
 1343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1345 msgid ""
 1346 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1347 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1348 msgstr ""
 1349 
 1350 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1351 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1352 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1353 msgstr ""
 1354 
 1355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1356 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1357 msgid ""
 1358 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1359 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1360 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1361 msgstr ""
 1362 
 1363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1365 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1366 msgstr ""
 1367 
 1368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1370 msgid ""
 1371 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1372 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1373 msgstr ""
 1374 
 1375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1377 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1378 msgstr ""
 1379 
 1380 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1381 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1382 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1383 msgstr ""
 1384 
 1385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1387 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1388 msgstr ""
 1389 
 1390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1392 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1393 msgstr ""
 1394 
 1395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1397 msgid ""
 1398 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1399 msgstr ""
 1400 
 1401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1402 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1403 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1404 msgstr "Пешфарз: /bin/sh"
 1405 
 1406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1407 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1408 msgid "default_shell"
 1409 msgstr ""
 1410 
 1411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1413 msgid ""
 1414 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1415 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1416 msgstr ""
 1417 
 1418 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1419 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1420 msgid ""
 1421 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1422 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1423 msgstr ""
 1424 
 1425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1427 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1428 msgstr ""
 1429 
 1430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1432 msgid ""
 1433 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1434 "considered valid."
 1435 msgstr ""
 1436 
 1437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1439 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1440 msgstr ""
 1441 
 1442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1444 msgid ""
 1445 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1446 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1447 msgstr ""
 1448 
 1449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1451 msgid ""
 1452 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1453 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1454 msgstr ""
 1455 
 1456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1459 msgid ""
 1460 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1461 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1462 msgstr ""
 1463 
 1464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1466 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1467 msgstr ""
 1468 
 1469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1471 msgid ""
 1472 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1473 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1474 "memory cache."
 1475 msgstr ""
 1476 
 1477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1479 msgid "Default: 8"
 1480 msgstr ""
 1481 
 1482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1484 msgid ""
 1485 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1486 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1487 msgstr ""
 1488 
 1489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1491 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1492 msgstr ""
 1493 
 1494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1496 msgid ""
 1497 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1498 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1499 "cache."
 1500 msgstr ""
 1501 
 1502 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1504 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1505 msgid "Default: 6"
 1506 msgstr "Пешфарз: 6"
 1507 
 1508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1510 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1511 msgstr ""
 1512 
 1513 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1514 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1515 msgid ""
 1516 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1517 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1518 "in-memory cache."
 1519 msgstr ""
 1520 
 1521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1523 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1524 msgstr ""
 1525 
 1526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1527 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1528 msgid ""
 1529 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1530 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1531 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1532 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1533 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1534 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1535 msgstr ""
 1536 
 1537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1539 msgid ""
 1540 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1541 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1542 msgstr ""
 1543 
 1544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1545 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1546 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1547 msgstr ""
 1548 
 1549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1551 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1552 msgstr ""
 1553 
 1554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1556 msgid ""
 1557 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1558 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1559 msgstr ""
 1560 
 1561 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1562 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1563 #, fuzzy
 1564 #| msgid "Default: true"
 1565 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1566 msgstr "Пешфарз: true"
 1567 
 1568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1570 msgid ""
 1571 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1572 "[nss] section."
 1573 msgstr ""
 1574 
 1575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1577 msgid ""
 1578 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1579 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1580 "shadowutils target)"
 1581 msgstr ""
 1582 
 1583 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1584 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1585 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1586 msgstr ""
 1587 
 1588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1590 msgid ""
 1591 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1592 "(PAM) service."
 1593 msgstr ""
 1594 
 1595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1596 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1597 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1598 msgstr ""
 1599 
 1600 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1601 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1602 msgid ""
 1603 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1604 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1605 msgstr ""
 1606 
 1607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1609 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1610 msgstr "Пешфарз: 0 (Номаҳдуд)"
 1611 
 1612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1614 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1615 msgstr ""
 1616 
 1617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1619 msgid ""
 1620 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1621 "are allowed."
 1622 msgstr ""
 1623 
 1624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1626 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1627 msgstr ""
 1628 
 1629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1631 msgid ""
 1632 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1633 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1634 msgstr ""
 1635 
 1636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1638 msgid ""
 1639 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1640 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1641 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1642 msgstr ""
 1643 
 1644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1646 msgid "Default: 5"
 1647 msgstr "Пешфарз: 5"
 1648 
 1649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1650 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1651 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1652 msgstr ""
 1653 
 1654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1656 msgid ""
 1657 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1658 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1659 msgstr ""
 1660 
 1661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1663 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1664 msgstr ""
 1665 
 1666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1668 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1669 msgstr ""
 1670 
 1671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1673 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1674 msgstr ""
 1675 
 1676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1678 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1679 msgstr ""
 1680 
 1681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1683 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1684 msgstr ""
 1685 
 1686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1687 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1688 msgid "Default: 1"
 1689 msgstr "Пешфарз: 1"
 1690 
 1691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1693 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1694 msgstr ""
 1695 
 1696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1698 msgid ""
 1699 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1700 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1701 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1702 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1703 msgstr ""
 1704 
 1705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1707 msgid ""
 1708 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1709 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1710 msgstr ""
 1711 
 1712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1714 msgid "ENV"
 1715 msgstr ""
 1716 
 1717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1719 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1720 msgstr ""
 1721 
 1722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1724 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1725 msgstr ""
 1726 
 1727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1729 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1730 msgstr ""
 1731 
 1732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1734 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1735 msgstr ""
 1736 
 1737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1739 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1740 msgstr ""
 1741 
 1742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1744 msgid ""
 1745 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1746 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1747 msgstr ""
 1748 
 1749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1751 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1752 msgstr ""
 1753 
 1754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1756 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1757 msgstr ""
 1758 
 1759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1760 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1761 msgid ""
 1762 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1763 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1764 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1765 msgstr ""
 1766 
 1767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1769 msgid ""
 1770 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1771 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1772 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1773 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1774 msgstr ""
 1775 
 1776 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1777 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1778 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1779 msgstr ""
 1780 
 1781 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1782 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1783 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1784 msgstr ""
 1785 
 1786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1787 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1788 msgid ""
 1789 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1790 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1791 "cannot display a warning."
 1792 msgstr ""
 1793 
 1794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1796 msgid ""
 1797 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1798 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1799 msgstr ""
 1800 
 1801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1803 msgid ""
 1804 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1805 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1806 msgstr ""
 1807 
 1808 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1809 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1810 msgid "Default: 0"
 1811 msgstr "Пешфарз: 0"
 1812 
 1813 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1814 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1815 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1816 msgstr ""
 1817 
 1818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1820 msgid ""
 1821 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1822 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1823 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1824 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1825 "startup."
 1826 msgstr ""
 1827 
 1828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1830 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1831 msgstr ""
 1832 
 1833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1835 msgid ""
 1836 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1837 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1838 msgstr ""
 1839 
 1840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1842 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1843 msgstr ""
 1844 
 1845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1847 msgid ""
 1848 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1849 "to untrusted users."
 1850 msgstr ""
 1851 
 1852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1854 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1855 msgstr ""
 1856 
 1857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1859 msgid ""
 1860 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1861 msgstr ""
 1862 
 1863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1865 msgid ""
 1866 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1867 "responder.)"
 1868 msgstr ""
 1869 
 1870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1871 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1873 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1874 msgid "Default: none"
 1875 msgstr ""
 1876 
 1877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1879 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1880 msgstr ""
 1881 
 1882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1884 msgid ""
 1885 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1886 "'Permission denied' message."
 1887 msgstr ""
 1888 
 1889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1891 msgid ""
 1892 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1893 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1894 msgstr ""
 1895 
 1896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1898 #, no-wrap
 1899 msgid ""
 1900 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1901 "                            "
 1902 msgstr ""
 1903 
 1904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1906 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1907 msgstr ""
 1908 
 1909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1911 msgid ""
 1912 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1913 "denied' message."
 1914 msgstr ""
 1915 
 1916 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1917 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1918 #, no-wrap
 1919 msgid ""
 1920 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1921 "                            "
 1922 msgstr ""
 1923 
 1924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1926 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1927 msgstr ""
 1928 
 1929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1930 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1931 msgid ""
 1932 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1933 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1934 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1935 msgstr ""
 1936 
 1937 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1939 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1940 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1941 msgid "Default: False"
 1942 msgstr ""
 1943 
 1944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1946 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1947 msgstr ""
 1948 
 1949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1951 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1952 msgstr ""
 1953 
 1954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1955 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1956 msgid "Default:"
 1957 msgstr ""
 1958 
 1959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1961 msgid ""
 1962 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1963 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1964 msgstr ""
 1965 
 1966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1967 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1968 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1969 msgstr ""
 1970 
 1971 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1972 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1973 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1974 msgstr ""
 1975 
 1976 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1977 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1978 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1979 msgstr ""
 1980 
 1981 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1982 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1983 msgid ""
 1984 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1985 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1986 msgstr ""
 1987 
 1988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1989 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1990 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 1991 msgstr ""
 1992 
 1993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 1995 msgid ""
 1996 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 1997 "use Smartcards."
 1998 msgstr ""
 1999 
 2000 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2002 #, no-wrap
 2003 msgid ""
 2004 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2005 "                            "
 2006 msgstr ""
 2007 
 2008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2009 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2010 msgid ""
 2011 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2012 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2013 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2014 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2015 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2016 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2017 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2018 msgstr ""
 2019 
 2020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2022 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2023 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2024 msgstr ""
 2025 
 2026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2027 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2028 msgid "login"
 2029 msgstr ""
 2030 
 2031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2033 msgid "su"
 2034 msgstr ""
 2035 
 2036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2038 msgid "su-l"
 2039 msgstr ""
 2040 
 2041 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2042 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2043 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2044 msgstr ""
 2045 
 2046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2047 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2048 msgid "gdm-password"
 2049 msgstr ""
 2050 
 2051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2053 msgid "kdm"
 2054 msgstr ""
 2055 
 2056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2058 msgid "sudo"
 2059 msgstr ""
 2060 
 2061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2062 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2063 msgid "sudo-i"
 2064 msgstr ""
 2065 
 2066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2067 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2068 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2069 msgstr ""
 2070 
 2071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2072 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2073 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2074 msgstr ""
 2075 
 2076 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2077 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2078 msgid ""
 2079 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2080 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2081 "inserted."
 2082 msgstr ""
 2083 
 2084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2086 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2087 msgstr ""
 2088 
 2089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2091 msgid ""
 2092 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2093 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2094 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2095 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2096 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2097 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2098 msgstr ""
 2099 
 2100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2101 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2102 #, no-wrap
 2103 msgid ""
 2104 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2105 "                            "
 2106 msgstr ""
 2107 
 2108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2110 #, no-wrap
 2111 msgid ""
 2112 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2113 "                            "
 2114 msgstr ""
 2115 
 2116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2118 msgid ""
 2119 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2120 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2121 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2122 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2123 msgstr ""
 2124 
 2125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2127 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2128 msgstr ""
 2129 
 2130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2132 msgid "always"
 2133 msgstr ""
 2134 
 2135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2137 msgid ""
 2138 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2139 msgstr ""
 2140 
 2141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2143 msgid "no_session"
 2144 msgstr ""
 2145 
 2146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2148 msgid ""
 2149 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2150 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2151 msgstr ""
 2152 
 2153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2155 msgid "never"
 2156 msgstr ""
 2157 
 2158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2160 msgid ""
 2161 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2162 "are not expired"
 2163 msgstr ""
 2164 
 2165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2167 msgid ""
 2168 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2169 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2170 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2171 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2172 msgstr ""
 2173 
 2174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2176 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2177 msgstr ""
 2178 
 2179 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2180 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2181 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2182 msgstr ""
 2183 
 2184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2186 msgid ""
 2187 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2188 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2189 msgstr ""
 2190 
 2191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2193 msgid ""
 2194 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2195 msgstr ""
 2196 
 2197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2198 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2199 msgid ""
 2200 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2201 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2202 "value in the domain section."
 2203 msgstr ""
 2204 
 2205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2207 #, no-wrap
 2208 msgid ""
 2209 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2210 "                            "
 2211 msgstr ""
 2212 
 2213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2215 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2216 msgstr ""
 2217 
 2218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2220 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2221 msgstr ""
 2222 
 2223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2225 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2226 msgstr ""
 2227 
 2228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2230 msgid ""
 2231 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2232 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2233 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2234 msgstr ""
 2235 
 2236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2238 msgid ""
 2239 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2240 "be authenticated."
 2241 msgstr ""
 2242 
 2243 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2244 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2245 msgid "Default: True"
 2246 msgstr ""
 2247 
 2248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2250 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2251 msgstr ""
 2252 
 2253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2255 msgid ""
 2256 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2257 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2258 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2259 msgstr ""
 2260 
 2261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2263 msgid ""
 2264 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2265 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2266 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2267 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2268 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2269 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2270 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2271 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2272 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2273 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2274 msgstr ""
 2275 
 2276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2278 msgid ""
 2279 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2280 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2281 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2282 msgstr ""
 2283 
 2284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2285 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2286 msgid ""
 2287 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2288 "deployments:"
 2289 msgstr ""
 2290 
 2291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2293 msgid ""
 2294 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2295 "files or on smart cards."
 2296 msgstr ""
 2297 
 2298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2300 msgid ""
 2301 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2302 "FAST channel."
 2303 msgstr ""
 2304 
 2305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2306 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2307 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2308 msgstr ""
 2309 
 2310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2311 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2312 msgid ""
 2313 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2314 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2315 msgstr ""
 2316 
 2317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2319 #, no-wrap
 2320 msgid ""
 2321 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2322 "                            "
 2323 msgstr ""
 2324 
 2325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2327 msgid ""
 2328 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2329 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2330 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2331 msgstr ""
 2332 
 2333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2335 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2336 msgstr ""
 2337 
 2338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2340 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2341 msgstr ""
 2342 
 2343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2345 msgid ""
 2346 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2347 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2348 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2349 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2350 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2351 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2352 msgstr ""
 2353 
 2354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2355 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2356 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2357 msgstr ""
 2358 
 2359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2361 msgid ""
 2362 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2363 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2364 msgstr ""
 2365 
 2366 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2367 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2368 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2369 msgstr ""
 2370 
 2371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2373 msgid ""
 2374 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2375 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2376 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2377 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2378 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2379 msgstr ""
 2380 
 2381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2382 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2383 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2384 msgstr ""
 2385 
 2386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2388 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2389 msgstr ""
 2390 
 2391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2393 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2394 msgstr ""
 2395 
 2396 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2397 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2398 msgid ""
 2399 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2400 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2401 "before asking the back end again."
 2402 msgstr ""
 2403 
 2404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2405 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2406 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2407 msgstr ""
 2408 
 2409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2410 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2411 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2412 msgstr ""
 2413 
 2414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2416 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2417 msgstr ""
 2418 
 2419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2421 msgid ""
 2422 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2423 "file."
 2424 msgstr ""
 2425 
 2426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2428 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2429 msgstr ""
 2430 
 2431 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2432 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2433 msgid ""
 2434 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2435 "host keys were requested."
 2436 msgstr ""
 2437 
 2438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2439 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2440 msgid "Default: 180"
 2441 msgstr ""
 2442 
 2443 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2444 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2445 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2446 msgstr ""
 2447 
 2448 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2449 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2450 msgid ""
 2451 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2452 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2453 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2454 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2455 msgstr ""
 2456 
 2457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2459 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2460 msgstr ""
 2461 
 2462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2464 msgid ""
 2465 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2466 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2467 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2468 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2469 "will be ignored."
 2470 msgstr ""
 2471 
 2472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2474 msgid ""
 2475 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2476 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2477 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2478 msgstr ""
 2479 
 2480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2482 msgid ""
 2483 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2484 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2485 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2486 "enabled."
 2487 msgstr ""
 2488 
 2489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2491 msgid ""
 2492 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2493 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2494 msgstr ""
 2495 
 2496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2498 msgid ""
 2499 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2500 "rule are used"
 2501 msgstr ""
 2502 
 2503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2505 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2506 msgstr ""
 2507 
 2508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2510 msgid ""
 2511 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2512 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2513 msgstr ""
 2514 
 2515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2517 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2518 msgstr ""
 2519 
 2520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2522 msgid ""
 2523 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2524 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2525 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2526 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2527 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2528 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2529 msgstr ""
 2530 
 2531 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2532 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2533 msgid ""
 2534 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2535 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2536 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2537 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2538 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2539 "parameter."
 2540 msgstr ""
 2541 
 2542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2544 msgid ""
 2545 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2546 "added to those groups."
 2547 msgstr ""
 2548 
 2549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2551 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2552 msgstr ""
 2553 
 2554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2556 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2557 msgstr ""
 2558 
 2559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2561 msgid ""
 2562 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2563 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2564 "startup."
 2565 msgstr ""
 2566 
 2567 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2568 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2569 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2570 msgstr ""
 2571 
 2572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2574 msgid ""
 2575 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2576 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2577 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2578 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2579 msgstr ""
 2580 
 2581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2583 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2584 msgstr ""
 2585 
 2586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2588 msgid ""
 2589 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2590 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2591 msgstr ""
 2592 
 2593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2595 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2596 msgstr ""
 2597 
 2598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2600 msgid ""
 2601 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2602 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2603 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2604 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2605 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2606 msgstr ""
 2607 
 2608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2610 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2611 msgstr ""
 2612 
 2613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2615 msgid "scope (string)"
 2616 msgstr ""
 2617 
 2618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2620 msgid "\"none\""
 2621 msgstr ""
 2622 
 2623 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2625 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2626 msgstr ""
 2627 
 2628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2630 msgid "\"some\""
 2631 msgstr ""
 2632 
 2633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2635 msgid ""
 2636 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2637 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2638 msgstr ""
 2639 
 2640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2642 msgid "\"all\""
 2643 msgstr ""
 2644 
 2645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2647 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2648 msgstr ""
 2649 
 2650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2652 msgid ""
 2653 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2654 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2655 msgstr ""
 2656 
 2657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2658 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2659 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2660 msgstr ""
 2661 
 2662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2663 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2664 msgid "users (string)"
 2665 msgstr ""
 2666 
 2667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2669 msgid ""
 2670 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2671 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2672 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2673 msgstr ""
 2674 
 2675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2677 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2678 msgstr ""
 2679 
 2680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2682 msgid "groups (string)"
 2683 msgstr ""
 2684 
 2685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2687 msgid ""
 2688 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2689 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2690 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2691 msgstr ""
 2692 
 2693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2695 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2696 msgid ""
 2697 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2698 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2699 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2700 msgstr ""
 2701 
 2702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2703 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2704 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2705 msgstr ""
 2706 
 2707 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2708 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2709 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2710 msgstr ""
 2711 
 2712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2714 msgid ""
 2715 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2716 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2717 msgstr ""
 2718 
 2719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2720 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2721 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2722 msgstr ""
 2723 
 2724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2725 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2726 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2727 msgstr ""
 2728 
 2729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2731 msgid ""
 2732 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2733 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2734 msgstr ""
 2735 
 2736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2738 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2739 msgstr ""
 2740 
 2741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2743 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2744 msgstr ""
 2745 
 2746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2748 msgid "enabled"
 2749 msgstr ""
 2750 
 2751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2753 msgid ""
 2754 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2755 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2756 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2757 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2758 "quote> section."
 2759 msgstr ""
 2760 
 2761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2763 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2764 msgstr ""
 2765 
 2766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2768 msgid ""
 2769 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2770 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2771 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2772 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2773 msgstr ""
 2774 
 2775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2777 msgid ""
 2778 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2779 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2780 msgstr ""
 2781 
 2782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2784 msgid ""
 2785 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2786 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2787 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2788 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2789 msgstr ""
 2790 
 2791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2793 msgid ""
 2794 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2795 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2796 msgstr ""
 2797 
 2798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2800 msgid ""
 2801 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2802 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2803 msgstr ""
 2804 
 2805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2807 msgid "Default: posix"
 2808 msgstr ""
 2809 
 2810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2811 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2812 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2813 msgstr ""
 2814 
 2815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2817 msgid ""
 2818 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2819 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2820 msgstr ""
 2821 
 2822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2824 msgid ""
 2825 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2826 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2827 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2828 "expected."
 2829 msgstr ""
 2830 
 2831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2833 msgid ""
 2834 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2835 "by name or ID."
 2836 msgstr ""
 2837 
 2838 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2839 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2840 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2841 msgstr ""
 2842 
 2843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2845 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2846 msgstr ""
 2847 
 2848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2850 msgid ""
 2851 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2852 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2853 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2854 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2855 msgstr ""
 2856 
 2857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2859 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2860 msgstr ""
 2861 
 2862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2864 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2865 msgstr ""
 2866 
 2867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2869 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2870 msgstr "Пешфарз: FALSE"
 2871 
 2872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2874 msgid ""
 2875 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2876 "entries from the remote server."
 2877 msgstr ""
 2878 
 2879 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2880 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2881 msgid ""
 2882 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2883 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2884 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2885 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2886 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2887 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2888 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2889 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2890 "watchdog."
 2891 msgstr ""
 2892 
 2893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2895 msgid ""
 2896 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2897 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2898 msgstr ""
 2899 
 2900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2902 msgid ""
 2903 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2904 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2905 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2906 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2907 msgstr ""
 2908 
 2909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2911 msgid ""
 2912 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2913 "especially in large environments."
 2914 msgstr ""
 2915 
 2916 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2917 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2918 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2919 msgstr ""
 2920 
 2921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2922 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2923 msgid "all"
 2924 msgstr ""
 2925 
 2926 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2927 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2928 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2929 msgstr ""
 2930 
 2931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2932 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2933 msgid "none"
 2934 msgstr ""
 2935 
 2936 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2937 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2938 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2939 msgstr ""
 2940 
 2941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2943 msgid ""
 2944 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2945 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2946 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2947 "for these trusted domains."
 2948 msgstr ""
 2949 
 2950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2952 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2953 msgstr ""
 2954 
 2955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2956 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2957 msgid ""
 2958 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2959 "backend again"
 2960 msgstr ""
 2961 
 2962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2963 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2964 msgid ""
 2965 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2966 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2967 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2968 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2969 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2970 "been cached."
 2971 msgstr ""
 2972 
 2973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2975 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2976 msgstr "Пешфарз: 5400"
 2977 
 2978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2979 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2980 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2981 msgstr ""
 2982 
 2983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2984 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2985 msgid ""
 2986 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2987 "the backend again"
 2988 msgstr ""
 2989 
 2990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2991 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 2992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 2993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 2994 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 2995 msgstr ""
 2996 
 2997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 2999 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3000 msgstr ""
 3001 
 3002 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3004 msgid ""
 3005 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3006 "the backend again"
 3007 msgstr ""
 3008 
 3009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3010 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3011 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3012 msgstr ""
 3013 
 3014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3016 msgid ""
 3017 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3018 "asking the backend again"
 3019 msgstr ""
 3020 
 3021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3022 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3023 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3024 msgstr ""
 3025 
 3026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3027 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3028 msgid ""
 3029 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3030 "the backend again"
 3031 msgstr ""
 3032 
 3033 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3034 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3035 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3036 msgstr ""
 3037 
 3038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3040 msgid ""
 3041 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3042 "before asking the backend again"
 3043 msgstr ""
 3044 
 3045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3047 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3048 msgstr ""
 3049 
 3050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3052 msgid ""
 3053 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3054 "again"
 3055 msgstr ""
 3056 
 3057 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3058 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3059 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3060 msgstr ""
 3061 
 3062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3063 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3064 msgid ""
 3065 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3066 "before asking the backend again"
 3067 msgstr ""
 3068 
 3069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3071 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3072 msgstr ""
 3073 
 3074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3076 msgid ""
 3077 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3078 "the host key for."
 3079 msgstr ""
 3080 
 3081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3082 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3083 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3084 msgstr ""
 3085 
 3086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3087 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3088 msgid ""
 3089 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3090 "again"
 3091 msgstr ""
 3092 
 3093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3094 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3095 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3096 msgstr ""
 3097 
 3098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3099 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3100 msgid ""
 3101 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3102 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3103 msgstr ""
 3104 
 3105 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3106 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3107 msgid ""
 3108 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3109 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3110 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3111 "and the group membership are updated."
 3112 msgstr ""
 3113 
 3114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3116 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3117 msgstr ""
 3118 
 3119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3120 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3121 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3122 msgstr ""
 3123 
 3124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3126 msgid ""
 3127 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3128 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3129 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3130 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3131 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3132 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3133 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3134 msgstr ""
 3135 
 3136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3138 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3139 msgstr ""
 3140 
 3141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3143 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3144 msgstr ""
 3145 
 3146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3148 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3149 msgstr ""
 3150 
 3151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3152 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3153 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3154 msgstr ""
 3155 
 3156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3158 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3159 msgstr ""
 3160 
 3161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3163 msgid ""
 3164 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3165 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3166 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3167 msgstr ""
 3168 
 3169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3170 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3171 msgid ""
 3172 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3173 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3174 msgstr ""
 3175 
 3176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3178 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3179 msgstr ""
 3180 
 3181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3183 msgid ""
 3184 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3185 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3186 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3187 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3188 msgstr ""
 3189 
 3190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3192 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3193 msgstr "Пешфарз: 0 (номаҳдуд)"
 3194 
 3195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3197 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3198 msgstr ""
 3199 
 3200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3202 msgid ""
 3203 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3204 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3205 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3206 "backend."
 3207 msgstr ""
 3208 
 3209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3211 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3212 msgstr ""
 3213 
 3214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3216 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3217 msgstr ""
 3218 
 3219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3221 msgid ""
 3222 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3223 msgstr ""
 3224 
 3225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3227 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3228 msgstr ""
 3229 
 3230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3232 msgid ""
 3233 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3234 msgstr ""
 3235 
 3236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3238 msgid ""
 3239 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3240 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3241 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3242 msgstr ""
 3243 
 3244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3246 msgid ""
 3247 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3248 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3249 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3250 msgstr ""
 3251 
 3252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3255 msgid ""
 3256 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3257 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3258 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3259 "FreeIPA."
 3260 msgstr ""
 3261 
 3262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3265 msgid ""
 3266 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3267 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3268 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3269 msgstr ""
 3270 
 3271 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3272 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3273 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3274 msgstr ""
 3275 
 3276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3278 msgid ""
 3279 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3280 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3281 msgstr ""
 3282 
 3283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3285 msgid ""
 3286 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3287 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3288 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3289 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3290 msgstr ""
 3291 
 3292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3294 msgid ""
 3295 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3296 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3297 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3298 msgstr ""
 3299 
 3300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3302 msgid ""
 3303 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3304 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3305 msgstr ""
 3306 
 3307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3309 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3310 msgstr ""
 3311 
 3312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3314 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3315 msgstr ""
 3316 
 3317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3319 msgid ""
 3320 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3321 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3322 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3323 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3324 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3325 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3326 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3327 msgstr ""
 3328 
 3329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3331 msgid ""
 3332 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3333 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3334 "members."
 3335 msgstr ""
 3336 
 3337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3339 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3340 msgstr ""
 3341 
 3342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3344 msgid ""
 3345 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3346 "are:"
 3347 msgstr ""
 3348 
 3349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3351 msgid ""
 3352 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3353 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3354 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3355 msgstr ""
 3356 
 3357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3359 msgid ""
 3360 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3361 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3362 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3363 msgstr ""
 3364 
 3365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3367 msgid ""
 3368 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3369 msgstr ""
 3370 
 3371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3373 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3374 msgstr ""
 3375 
 3376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3378 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3379 msgstr ""
 3380 
 3381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3382 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3383 msgid ""
 3384 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3385 "authentication requests."
 3386 msgstr ""
 3387 
 3388 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3389 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3390 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3391 msgstr ""
 3392 
 3393 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3394 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3395 msgid ""
 3396 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3397 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3398 "Internal special providers are:"
 3399 msgstr ""
 3400 
 3401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3402 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3403 msgid ""
 3404 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3405 "provider for a local domain."
 3406 msgstr ""
 3407 
 3408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3410 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3411 msgstr ""
 3412 
 3413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3414 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3415 msgid ""
 3416 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3417 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3418 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3419 "access module."
 3420 msgstr ""
 3421 
 3422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3424 msgid ""
 3425 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3426 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3427 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3428 msgstr ""
 3429 
 3430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3432 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3433 msgstr ""
 3434 
 3435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3437 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3438 msgstr ""
 3439 
 3440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3442 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3443 msgstr ""
 3444 
 3445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3447 msgid ""
 3448 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3449 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3450 msgstr ""
 3451 
 3452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3454 msgid ""
 3455 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3456 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3457 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3458 msgstr ""
 3459 
 3460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3462 msgid ""
 3463 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3464 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3465 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3466 msgstr ""
 3467 
 3468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3469 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3470 msgid ""
 3471 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3472 msgstr ""
 3473 
 3474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3476 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3477 msgstr ""
 3478 
 3479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3481 msgid ""
 3482 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3483 "change password requests."
 3484 msgstr ""
 3485 
 3486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3488 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3489 msgstr ""
 3490 
 3491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3493 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3494 msgstr ""
 3495 
 3496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3498 msgid ""
 3499 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3500 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3501 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3502 msgstr ""
 3503 
 3504 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3505 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3506 msgid ""
 3507 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3508 "settings."
 3509 msgstr ""
 3510 
 3511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3513 msgid ""
 3514 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3515 "settings."
 3516 msgstr ""
 3517 
 3518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3519 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3520 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3521 msgstr ""
 3522 
 3523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3524 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3526 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3527 msgstr ""
 3528 
 3529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3531 msgid ""
 3532 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3533 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3534 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3535 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3536 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3537 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3538 msgstr ""
 3539 
 3540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3542 msgid ""
 3543 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3544 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3545 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3546 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3547 msgstr ""
 3548 
 3549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3551 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3552 msgstr ""
 3553 
 3554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3556 msgid ""
 3557 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3558 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3559 "providers are:"
 3560 msgstr ""
 3561 
 3562 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3563 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3564 msgid ""
 3565 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3566 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3567 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3568 msgstr ""
 3569 
 3570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3572 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3573 msgstr ""
 3574 
 3575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3577 msgid ""
 3578 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3579 "selinux loading requests."
 3580 msgstr ""
 3581 
 3582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3584 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3585 msgstr ""
 3586 
 3587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3589 msgid ""
 3590 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3591 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3592 msgstr ""
 3593 
 3594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3596 msgid ""
 3597 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3598 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3599 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3600 msgstr ""
 3601 
 3602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3604 msgid ""
 3605 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3606 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3607 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3608 "the AD provider."
 3609 msgstr ""
 3610 
 3611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3613 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3614 msgstr ""
 3615 
 3616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3618 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3619 msgstr ""
 3620 
 3621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3622 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3623 msgid ""
 3624 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3625 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3626 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3627 msgstr ""
 3628 
 3629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3631 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3632 msgstr ""
 3633 
 3634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3636 msgid ""
 3637 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3638 msgstr ""
 3639 
 3640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3642 msgid ""
 3643 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3644 "session related tasks."
 3645 msgstr ""
 3646 
 3647 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3648 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3649 msgid ""
 3650 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3651 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3652 msgstr ""
 3653 
 3654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3656 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3657 msgstr ""
 3658 
 3659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3660 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3661 msgid ""
 3662 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3663 msgstr ""
 3664 
 3665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3667 msgid ""
 3668 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3669 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3670 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3671 msgstr ""
 3672 
 3673 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3674 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3675 msgid ""
 3676 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3677 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3678 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3679 msgstr ""
 3680 
 3681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3683 msgid ""
 3684 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3685 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3686 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3687 msgstr ""
 3688 
 3689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3690 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3691 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3692 msgstr ""
 3693 
 3694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3695 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3696 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3697 msgstr ""
 3698 
 3699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3701 msgid ""
 3702 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3703 "hostid providers are:"
 3704 msgstr ""
 3705 
 3706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3708 msgid ""
 3709 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3710 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3711 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3712 msgstr ""
 3713 
 3714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3716 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3717 msgstr ""
 3718 
 3719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3720 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3721 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3722 msgstr ""
 3723 
 3724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3725 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3726 msgid ""
 3727 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3728 "resolver providers are:"
 3729 msgstr ""
 3730 
 3731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3733 msgid ""
 3734 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3735 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3736 msgstr ""
 3737 
 3738 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3739 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3740 msgid ""
 3741 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3742 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3743 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3744 msgstr ""
 3745 
 3746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3748 msgid ""
 3749 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3750 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3751 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3752 "provider."
 3753 msgstr ""
 3754 
 3755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3757 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3758 msgstr ""
 3759 
 3760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3762 msgid ""
 3763 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3764 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3765 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3766 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3767 "the domain."
 3768 msgstr ""
 3769 
 3770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3772 msgid ""
 3773 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3774 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3775 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3776 "user names:"
 3777 msgstr ""
 3778 
 3779 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3780 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3781 msgid "username"
 3782 msgstr ""
 3783 
 3784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3785 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3786 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3787 msgstr ""
 3788 
 3789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3790 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3791 msgid "domain\\username"
 3792 msgstr ""
 3793 
 3794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3796 msgid ""
 3797 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3798 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3799 msgstr ""
 3800 
 3801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3803 msgid ""
 3804 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3805 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3806 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3807 msgstr ""
 3808 
 3809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3811 msgid ""
 3812 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3813 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3814 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3815 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3816 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3817 msgstr ""
 3818 
 3819 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3820 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3821 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3822 msgstr ""
 3823 
 3824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3826 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3827 msgstr ""
 3828 
 3829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3831 msgid ""
 3832 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3833 "performing DNS lookups."
 3834 msgstr ""
 3835 
 3836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3838 msgid "Supported values:"
 3839 msgstr ""
 3840 
 3841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3843 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3844 msgstr ""
 3845 
 3846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3847 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3848 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3849 msgstr ""
 3850 
 3851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3852 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3853 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3854 msgstr ""
 3855 
 3856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3858 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3859 msgstr ""
 3860 
 3861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3863 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3864 msgstr ""
 3865 
 3866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3868 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3869 msgstr ""
 3870 
 3871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3873 msgid ""
 3874 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3875 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3876 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3877 "mode."
 3878 msgstr ""
 3879 
 3880 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3881 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3882 msgid ""
 3883 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3884 "the service resolution."
 3885 msgstr ""
 3886 
 3887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3889 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3890 msgstr ""
 3891 
 3892 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3893 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3894 msgid ""
 3895 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3896 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3897 msgstr ""
 3898 
 3899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3900 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3901 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3902 msgstr ""
 3903 
 3904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3906 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3907 msgstr ""
 3908 
 3909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3911 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3912 msgstr ""
 3913 
 3914 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3915 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3916 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3917 msgstr ""
 3918 
 3919 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3920 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3921 msgid "True"
 3922 msgstr ""
 3923 
 3924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3926 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3927 msgstr ""
 3928 
 3929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3930 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3931 msgid "False"
 3932 msgstr ""
 3933 
 3934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3936 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3937 msgstr ""
 3938 
 3939 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3940 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3941 msgid "Preserving"
 3942 msgstr ""
 3943 
 3944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3946 msgid ""
 3947 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3948 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3949 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3950 msgstr ""
 3951 
 3952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3954 msgid ""
 3955 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3956 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3957 msgstr ""
 3958 
 3959 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3960 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3961 msgid ""
 3962 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3963 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3964 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3965 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3966 msgstr ""
 3967 
 3968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3970 msgid ""
 3971 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3972 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3973 msgstr ""
 3974 
 3975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3976 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3977 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3978 msgstr ""
 3979 
 3980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3981 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3982 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3983 msgstr ""
 3984 
 3985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3987 msgid ""
 3988 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 3989 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 3990 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 3991 msgstr ""
 3992 
 3993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 3995 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 3996 msgstr ""
 3997 
 3998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4000 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4001 msgstr ""
 4002 
 4003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4004 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4005 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4006 msgstr ""
 4007 
 4008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4009 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4010 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4011 msgstr ""
 4012 
 4013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4014 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4015 msgid ""
 4016 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4017 "is not set explicitly)"
 4018 msgstr ""
 4019 
 4020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4022 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4023 msgstr ""
 4024 
 4025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4027 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4028 msgstr ""
 4029 
 4030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4032 #, no-wrap
 4033 msgid ""
 4034 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4035 "                            "
 4036 msgstr ""
 4037 
 4038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4040 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4041 msgstr ""
 4042 
 4043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4045 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4046 msgstr ""
 4047 
 4048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4049 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4050 msgid "%F"
 4051 msgstr ""
 4052 
 4053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4054 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4055 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4056 msgstr ""
 4057 
 4058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4059 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4060 msgid ""
 4061 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4062 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4063 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4064 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4065 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4066 msgstr ""
 4067 
 4068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4069 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4070 msgid ""
 4071 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4072 msgstr ""
 4073 
 4074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4076 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4077 msgstr ""
 4078 
 4079 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4080 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4081 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4082 msgstr ""
 4083 
 4084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4086 msgid ""
 4087 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4088 msgstr ""
 4089 
 4090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4092 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4093 msgstr ""
 4094 
 4095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4097 msgid ""
 4098 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4099 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4100 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4101 "authentication."
 4102 msgstr ""
 4103 
 4104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4106 msgid ""
 4107 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4108 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4109 msgstr ""
 4110 
 4111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4112 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4113 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4114 msgstr ""
 4115 
 4116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4118 msgid ""
 4119 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4120 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4121 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4122 msgstr ""
 4123 
 4124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4126 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4127 msgstr ""
 4128 
 4129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4131 msgid "true"
 4132 msgstr ""
 4133 
 4134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4136 msgid ""
 4137 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4138 "number is ignored in this case."
 4139 msgstr ""
 4140 
 4141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4143 msgid ""
 4144 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4145 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4146 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4147 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4148 msgstr ""
 4149 
 4150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4152 msgid "false"
 4153 msgstr ""
 4154 
 4155 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4156 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4157 msgid ""
 4158 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4159 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4160 msgstr ""
 4161 
 4162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4164 msgid "hybrid"
 4165 msgstr ""
 4166 
 4167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4169 msgid ""
 4170 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4171 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4172 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4173 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4174 "user resolves to that group object."
 4175 msgstr ""
 4176 
 4177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4179 msgid ""
 4180 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4181 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4182 msgstr ""
 4183 
 4184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4185 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4186 msgid ""
 4187 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4188 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4189 "the existing user private groups."
 4190 msgstr ""
 4191 
 4192 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4193 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4194 msgid ""
 4195 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4196 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4197 msgstr ""
 4198 
 4199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4201 msgid ""
 4202 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4203 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4204 msgstr ""
 4205 
 4206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4208 #, no-wrap
 4209 msgid ""
 4210 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4211 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4212 msgstr ""
 4213 
 4214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4216 #, no-wrap
 4217 msgid ""
 4218 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4219 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4220 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4221 msgstr ""
 4222 
 4223 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4224 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4225 msgid ""
 4226 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4227 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4228 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4229 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4230 msgstr ""
 4231 
 4232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4233 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4234 msgid ""
 4235 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4236 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4237 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4238 msgstr ""
 4239 
 4240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4242 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4243 msgstr ""
 4244 
 4245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4247 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4248 msgstr ""
 4249 
 4250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4252 msgid ""
 4253 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4254 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4255 msgstr ""
 4256 
 4257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4259 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4260 msgstr ""
 4261 
 4262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4264 msgid ""
 4265 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4266 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4267 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4268 msgstr ""
 4269 
 4270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4272 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4273 msgstr ""
 4274 
 4275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4277 msgid ""
 4278 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4279 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4280 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4281 msgstr ""
 4282 
 4283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4285 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4286 msgstr ""
 4287 
 4288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4290 msgid ""
 4291 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4292 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4293 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4294 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4295 msgstr ""
 4296 
 4297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4299 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4300 msgstr ""
 4301 
 4302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4304 msgid ""
 4305 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4306 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4307 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4308 msgstr ""
 4309 
 4310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4311 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4312 msgid ""
 4313 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4314 "\"0\"/>"
 4315 msgstr ""
 4316 
 4317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4319 msgid "Application domains"
 4320 msgstr ""
 4321 
 4322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4323 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4324 msgid ""
 4325 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4326 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4327 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4328 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4329 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4330 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4331 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4332 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4333 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4334 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4335 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4336 "SSSD domain."
 4337 msgstr ""
 4338 
 4339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4341 msgid ""
 4342 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4343 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4344 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4345 msgstr ""
 4346 
 4347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4349 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4350 msgstr ""
 4351 
 4352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4354 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4355 msgstr ""
 4356 
 4357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4359 msgid ""
 4360 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4361 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4362 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4363 "domain settings."
 4364 msgstr ""
 4365 
 4366 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4367 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4368 msgid ""
 4369 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4370 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4371 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4372 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4373 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4374 msgstr ""
 4375 
 4376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4378 #, no-wrap
 4379 msgid ""
 4380 "[sssd]\n"
 4381 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4382 "\n"
 4383 "[ifp]\n"
 4384 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4385 "\n"
 4386 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4387 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4388 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4389 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4390 "\n"
 4391 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4392 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4393 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4394 msgstr ""
 4395 
 4396 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4397 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4398 msgid "The local domain section"
 4399 msgstr ""
 4400 
 4401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4402 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4403 msgid ""
 4404 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4405 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4406 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4407 msgstr ""
 4408 
 4409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4410 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4411 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4412 msgstr ""
 4413 
 4414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4416 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4417 msgstr ""
 4418 
 4419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4421 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4422 msgstr ""
 4423 
 4424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4426 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4427 msgstr ""
 4428 
 4429 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4431 msgid ""
 4432 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4433 "and use that as the home directory."
 4434 msgstr ""
 4435 
 4436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4437 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4438 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4439 msgstr ""
 4440 
 4441 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4442 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4443 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4444 msgstr ""
 4445 
 4446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4448 msgid ""
 4449 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4450 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4451 msgstr ""
 4452 
 4453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4455 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4456 msgstr "Пешфарз: TRUE"
 4457 
 4458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4460 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4461 msgstr ""
 4462 
 4463 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4464 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4465 msgid ""
 4466 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4467 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4468 msgstr ""
 4469 
 4470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4472 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4473 msgstr ""
 4474 
 4475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4477 msgid ""
 4478 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4479 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4480 "on a newly created home directory."
 4481 msgstr ""
 4482 
 4483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4485 msgid "Default: 077"
 4486 msgstr ""
 4487 
 4488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4489 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4490 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4491 msgstr ""
 4492 
 4493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4495 msgid ""
 4496 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4497 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4498 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4499 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4500 msgstr ""
 4501 
 4502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4504 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4505 msgstr ""
 4506 
 4507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4509 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4510 msgstr ""
 4511 
 4512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4513 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4514 msgid ""
 4515 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4516 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4517 "default value is used."
 4518 msgstr ""
 4519 
 4520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4522 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4523 msgstr ""
 4524 
 4525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4527 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4528 msgstr ""
 4529 
 4530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4532 msgid ""
 4533 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4534 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4535 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4536 msgstr ""
 4537 
 4538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4540 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4541 msgstr ""
 4542 
 4543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4544 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4545 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4546 msgstr ""
 4547 
 4548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4550 msgid ""
 4551 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4552 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4553 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4554 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4555 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4556 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4557 msgstr ""
 4558 
 4559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4561 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4562 msgstr ""
 4563 
 4564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4565 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4566 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4567 msgstr ""
 4568 
 4569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4571 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4572 msgstr ""
 4573 
 4574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4576 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4577 msgstr ""
 4578 
 4579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4581 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4582 msgstr ""
 4583 
 4584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4585 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4586 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4587 msgstr ""
 4588 
 4589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4591 msgid "ad_server,"
 4592 msgstr ""
 4593 
 4594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4596 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4597 msgstr ""
 4598 
 4599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4601 msgid "ad_site,"
 4602 msgstr ""
 4603 
 4604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4606 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4607 msgstr ""
 4608 
 4609 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4610 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4611 msgid ""
 4612 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4613 "manual page."
 4614 msgstr ""
 4615 
 4616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4618 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4619 msgstr ""
 4620 
 4621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4622 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4623 msgid ""
 4624 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4625 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4626 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4627 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4628 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4629 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4630 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4631 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4632 msgstr ""
 4633 
 4634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4636 msgid ""
 4637 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4638 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4639 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4640 msgstr ""
 4641 
 4642 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4643 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4644 msgid ""
 4645 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4646 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4647 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4648 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4649 msgstr ""
 4650 
 4651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4653 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4654 msgstr ""
 4655 
 4656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4658 msgid ""
 4659 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4660 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4661 msgstr ""
 4662 
 4663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4664 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4665 msgid ""
 4666 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4667 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4668 msgstr ""
 4669 
 4670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4672 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4673 msgstr ""
 4674 
 4675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4677 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4678 msgstr ""
 4679 
 4680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4682 msgid ""
 4683 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4684 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4685 msgstr ""
 4686 
 4687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4689 msgid ""
 4690 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4691 "user with the same name."
 4692 msgstr ""
 4693 
 4694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4695 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4696 msgid "domains (string)"
 4697 msgstr ""
 4698 
 4699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4701 msgid ""
 4702 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4703 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4704 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4705 "well."
 4706 msgstr ""
 4707 
 4708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4710 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4711 msgstr ""
 4712 
 4713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4715 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4716 msgstr ""
 4717 
 4718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4720 msgid ""
 4721 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4722 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4723 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4724 msgstr ""
 4725 
 4726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4728 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4729 msgstr ""
 4730 
 4731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4733 msgid ""
 4734 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4735 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4736 msgstr ""
 4737 
 4738 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4739 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4740 msgid ""
 4741 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4742 "matching user"
 4743 msgstr ""
 4744 
 4745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4747 msgid ""
 4748 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4749 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4750 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4751 "quote>"
 4752 msgstr ""
 4753 
 4754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4756 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4757 msgstr ""
 4758 
 4759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4760 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4761 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4762 msgstr ""
 4763 
 4764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4766 msgid ""
 4767 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4768 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4769 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4770 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4771 "credentials."
 4772 msgstr ""
 4773 
 4774 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4775 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4776 msgid ""
 4777 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4778 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4779 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4780 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4781 msgstr ""
 4782 
 4783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4785 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4786 msgstr ""
 4787 
 4788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4790 msgid "password_prompt"
 4791 msgstr ""
 4792 
 4793 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4794 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4795 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4796 msgstr ""
 4797 
 4798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4800 msgid ""
 4801 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4802 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4803 msgstr ""
 4804 
 4805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4807 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4808 msgstr ""
 4809 
 4810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4811 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4812 msgid "first_prompt"
 4813 msgstr ""
 4814 
 4815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4817 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4818 msgstr ""
 4819 
 4820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4822 msgid "second_prompt"
 4823 msgstr ""
 4824 
 4825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4826 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4827 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4828 msgstr ""
 4829 
 4830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4831 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4832 msgid "single_prompt"
 4833 msgstr ""
 4834 
 4835 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4836 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4837 msgid ""
 4838 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4839 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4840 "string"
 4841 msgstr ""
 4842 
 4843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4845 msgid ""
 4846 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4847 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4848 msgstr ""
 4849 
 4850 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4851 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4852 msgid ""
 4853 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4854 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4855 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4856 msgstr ""
 4857 
 4858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4860 msgid ""
 4861 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4862 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4863 "for this service."
 4864 msgstr ""
 4865 
 4866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4868 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4869 msgstr ""
 4870 
 4871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4873 #, no-wrap
 4874 msgid ""
 4875 "[sssd]\n"
 4876 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4877 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4878 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4879 "\n"
 4880 "[nss]\n"
 4881 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4882 "filter_users = root\n"
 4883 "\n"
 4884 "[pam]\n"
 4885 "\n"
 4886 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4887 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4888 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4889 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4890 "\n"
 4891 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4892 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4893 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4894 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4895 "\n"
 4896 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4897 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4898 "enumerate = False\n"
 4899 msgstr ""
 4900 
 4901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4903 msgid ""
 4904 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4905 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4906 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4907 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4908 msgstr ""
 4909 
 4910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4912 #, no-wrap
 4913 msgid ""
 4914 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4915 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4916 msgstr ""
 4917 
 4918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4920 msgid ""
 4921 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4922 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4923 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4924 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4925 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4926 ">"
 4927 msgstr ""
 4928 
 4929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4930 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4931 #, no-wrap
 4932 msgid ""
 4933 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4934 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4935 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4936 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4937 "priority = 10\n"
 4938 "\n"
 4939 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4940 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4941 msgstr ""
 4942 
 4943 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4944 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4945 msgid ""
 4946 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4947 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4948 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4949 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4950 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4951 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4952 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4953 msgstr ""
 4954 
 4955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4956 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4957 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4958 msgstr ""
 4959 
 4960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4961 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4962 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4963 msgstr ""
 4964 
 4965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4966 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4967 msgid ""
 4968 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4969 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4970 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4971 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4972 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4973 msgstr ""
 4974 
 4975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4976 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4977 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4978 msgstr ""
 4979 
 4980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4981 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4982 msgid ""
 4983 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4984 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4985 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4986 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 4987 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 4988 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 4989 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 4990 msgstr ""
 4991 
 4992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4993 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 4994 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 4995 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 4996 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 4997 msgstr ""
 4998 
 4999 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5000 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5001 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5002 msgstr ""
 5003 
 5004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5005 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5006 msgid ""
 5007 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5008 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5009 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5010 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5011 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5012 msgstr ""
 5013 
 5014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5015 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5016 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5017 msgstr ""
 5018 
 5019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5020 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5021 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5022 msgstr ""
 5023 
 5024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5025 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5026 msgid ""
 5027 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5028 msgstr ""
 5029 
 5030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5031 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5032 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5033 msgstr ""
 5034 
 5035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5036 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5037 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5038 msgstr ""
 5039 
 5040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5041 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5042 msgid ""
 5043 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5044 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5045 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5046 "failover and server redundancy."
 5047 msgstr ""
 5048 
 5049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5050 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5051 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5052 msgstr ""
 5053 
 5054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5055 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5056 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5057 msgstr ""
 5058 
 5059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5060 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5061 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5062 msgstr ""
 5063 
 5064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5065 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5066 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5067 msgstr ""
 5068 
 5069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5070 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5071 msgid ""
 5072 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5073 "syntax:"
 5074 msgstr ""
 5075 
 5076 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5077 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5078 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5079 msgstr ""
 5080 
 5081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5082 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5083 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5084 msgstr ""
 5085 
 5086 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5087 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5088 msgid ""
 5089 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5090 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5091 msgstr ""
 5092 
 5093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5094 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5095 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5096 msgid "Examples:"
 5097 msgstr "Намунаҳо:"
 5098 
 5099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5100 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5101 msgid ""
 5102 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5103 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5104 msgstr ""
 5105 
 5106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5107 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5108 msgid ""
 5109 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5110 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5111 msgstr ""
 5112 
 5113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5114 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5115 msgid ""
 5116 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5117 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5118 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5119 "machines."
 5120 msgstr ""
 5121 
 5122 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5123 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5124 msgid ""
 5125 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5126 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5127 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5128 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5129 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5130 "are not supported."
 5131 msgstr ""
 5132 
 5133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5134 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5135 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5136 msgstr ""
 5137 
 5138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5139 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5140 msgid ""
 5141 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5142 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5143 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5144 msgstr ""
 5145 
 5146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5147 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5148 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5149 msgstr ""
 5150 
 5151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5152 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5153 msgid "rfc2307"
 5154 msgstr ""
 5155 
 5156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5157 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5158 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5159 msgstr ""
 5160 
 5161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5162 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5163 msgid "IPA"
 5164 msgstr ""
 5165 
 5166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5167 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5168 msgid "AD"
 5169 msgstr ""
 5170 
 5171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5172 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5173 msgid ""
 5174 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5175 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5176 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5177 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5178 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5179 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5180 msgstr ""
 5181 
 5182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5183 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5184 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5185 msgstr "Пешфарз: rfc2307"
 5186 
 5187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5188 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5189 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5190 msgstr ""
 5191 
 5192 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5193 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5194 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5195 msgstr ""
 5196 
 5197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5198 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5199 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5200 msgstr ""
 5201 
 5202 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5203 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5204 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5205 msgstr ""
 5206 
 5207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5208 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5209 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5210 msgstr ""
 5211 
 5212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5213 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5214 msgid ""
 5215 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5216 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5217 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5218 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5219 msgstr ""
 5220 
 5221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5222 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5223 msgid "Default: exop"
 5224 msgstr ""
 5225 
 5226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5227 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5228 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5229 msgstr ""
 5230 
 5231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5232 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5233 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5234 msgstr ""
 5235 
 5236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5237 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5238 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5239 msgstr ""
 5240 
 5241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5242 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5243 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5244 msgstr ""
 5245 
 5246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5247 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5248 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5249 msgstr ""
 5250 
 5251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5252 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5253 msgid "password"
 5254 msgstr "парол"
 5255 
 5256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5257 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5258 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5259 msgstr ""
 5260 
 5261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5262 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5263 msgid "Default: password"
 5264 msgstr "Пешфарз: парол"
 5265 
 5266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5267 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5268 msgid ""
 5269 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5270 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5271 msgstr ""
 5272 
 5273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5274 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5275 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5276 msgstr ""
 5277 
 5278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5279 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5280 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5281 msgstr ""
 5282 
 5283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5284 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5285 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5286 msgstr ""
 5287 
 5288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5289 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5290 msgid ""
 5291 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5292 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5293 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5294 "realm."
 5295 msgstr ""
 5296 
 5297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5298 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5299 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5300 msgstr ""
 5301 
 5302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5303 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5304 msgid ""
 5305 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5306 "enumerated records."
 5307 msgstr ""
 5308 
 5309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5310 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5311 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5312 msgstr ""
 5313 
 5314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5315 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5316 msgid ""
 5317 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5318 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5319 "space."
 5320 msgstr ""
 5321 
 5322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5323 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5324 msgid ""
 5325 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5326 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5327 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5328 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5329 msgstr ""
 5330 
 5331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5332 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5333 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5334 msgstr ""
 5335 
 5336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5337 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5338 msgid ""
 5339 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5340 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5341 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5342 msgstr ""
 5343 
 5344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5345 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5346 msgid ""
 5347 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5348 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5349 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5350 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5351 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5352 msgstr ""
 5353 
 5354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5355 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5356 msgid ""
 5357 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5358 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5359 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5360 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5361 "restrict group nesting."
 5362 msgstr ""
 5363 
 5364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5365 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5366 msgid "Default: 2"
 5367 msgstr "Пешфарз: 2"
 5368 
 5369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5370 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5371 msgid ""
 5372 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5373 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5374 msgstr ""
 5375 
 5376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5377 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5378 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5379 msgstr ""
 5380 
 5381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5382 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5383 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5384 msgstr ""
 5385 
 5386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5387 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5388 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5389 msgstr ""
 5390 
 5391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5392 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5393 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5394 msgid ""
 5395 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5396 "multiple search bases."
 5397 msgstr ""
 5398 
 5399 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5400 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5401 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5402 msgstr ""
 5403 
 5404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5405 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5406 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5407 msgstr ""
 5408 
 5409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5410 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5411 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5412 msgstr ""
 5413 
 5414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5415 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5416 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5417 msgstr ""
 5418 
 5419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5420 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5421 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5422 msgstr ""
 5423 
 5424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5425 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5426 msgid ""
 5427 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5428 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5429 "is entered)"
 5430 msgstr ""
 5431 
 5432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5433 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5434 msgid ""
 5435 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5436 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5437 "lookup types."
 5438 msgstr ""
 5439 
 5440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5441 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5442 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5443 msgstr ""
 5444 
 5445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5446 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5447 msgid ""
 5448 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5449 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5450 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5451 msgstr ""
 5452 
 5453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5454 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5455 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5456 msgstr ""
 5457 
 5458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5459 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5460 msgid ""
 5461 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5462 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5463 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5464 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5465 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5466 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5467 msgstr ""
 5468 
 5469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5470 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5471 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5472 msgstr ""
 5473 
 5474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5475 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5476 msgid ""
 5477 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5478 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5479 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5480 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5481 msgstr ""
 5482 
 5483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5484 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5485 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5486 msgstr ""
 5487 
 5488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5489 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5490 msgid ""
 5491 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5492 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5493 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5494 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5495 msgstr ""
 5496 
 5497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5498 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5499 msgid ""
 5500 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5501 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5502 msgstr ""
 5503 
 5504 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5505 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5506 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5507 msgstr ""
 5508 
 5509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5510 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5511 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5512 msgstr ""
 5513 
 5514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5515 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5516 msgid ""
 5517 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5518 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5519 msgstr ""
 5520 
 5521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5522 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5523 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5524 msgstr ""
 5525 
 5526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5527 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5528 msgid ""
 5529 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5530 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5531 msgstr ""
 5532 
 5533 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5534 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5535 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5536 msgstr ""
 5537 
 5538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5539 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5540 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5541 msgstr ""
 5542 
 5543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5544 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5545 msgid ""
 5546 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5547 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5548 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5549 msgstr ""
 5550 
 5551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5552 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5553 msgid ""
 5554 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5555 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5556 msgstr ""
 5557 
 5558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5559 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5560 msgid ""
 5561 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5562 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5563 "requests being denied."
 5564 msgstr ""
 5565 
 5566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5567 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5568 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5569 msgstr ""
 5570 
 5571 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5572 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5573 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5574 msgstr ""
 5575 
 5576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5577 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5578 msgid ""
 5579 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5580 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5581 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5582 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5583 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5584 msgstr ""
 5585 
 5586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5587 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5588 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5589 msgstr ""
 5590 
 5591 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5592 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5593 msgid ""
 5594 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5595 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5596 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5597 msgstr ""
 5598 
 5599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5600 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5601 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5602 msgstr ""
 5603 
 5604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5605 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5606 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5607 msgstr ""
 5608 
 5609 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5610 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5611 msgid ""
 5612 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5613 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5614 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5615 msgstr ""
 5616 
 5617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5618 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5619 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5620 msgstr ""
 5621 
 5622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5623 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5624 msgid ""
 5625 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5626 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5627 "they are looked up individually."
 5628 msgstr ""
 5629 
 5630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5631 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5632 msgid ""
 5633 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5634 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5635 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5636 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5637 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5638 "object."
 5639 msgstr ""
 5640 
 5641 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5642 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5643 msgid ""
 5644 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5645 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5646 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5647 "Directory."
 5648 msgstr ""
 5649 
 5650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5651 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5652 msgid ""
 5653 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5654 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5655 "regardless of this setting."
 5656 msgstr ""
 5657 
 5658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5659 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5660 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5661 msgstr ""
 5662 
 5663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5664 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5665 msgid ""
 5666 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5667 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5668 msgstr ""
 5669 
 5670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5671 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5672 msgid ""
 5673 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5674 "certificate."
 5675 msgstr ""
 5676 
 5677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5678 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5679 msgid ""
 5680 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5681 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5682 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5683 msgstr ""
 5684 
 5685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5686 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5687 msgid ""
 5688 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5689 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5690 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5691 msgstr ""
 5692 
 5693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5694 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5695 msgid ""
 5696 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5697 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5698 "immediately terminated."
 5699 msgstr ""
 5700 
 5701 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5702 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5703 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5704 msgstr ""
 5705 
 5706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5707 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5708 msgid "Default: hard"
 5709 msgstr ""
 5710 
 5711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5712 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5713 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5714 msgstr ""
 5715 
 5716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5717 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5718 msgid ""
 5719 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5720 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5721 msgstr ""
 5722 
 5723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5724 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5725 msgid ""
 5726 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5727 "conf</filename>"
 5728 msgstr ""
 5729 
 5730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5731 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5732 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5733 msgstr ""
 5734 
 5735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5736 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5737 msgid ""
 5738 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5739 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5740 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5741 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5742 msgstr ""
 5743 
 5744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5745 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5746 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5747 msgstr ""
 5748 
 5749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5750 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5751 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5752 msgstr ""
 5753 
 5754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5755 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5756 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5757 msgstr ""
 5758 
 5759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5760 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5761 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5762 msgstr ""
 5763 
 5764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5765 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5766 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5767 msgstr ""
 5768 
 5769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5770 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5771 msgid ""
 5772 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5773 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5774 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5775 msgstr ""
 5776 
 5777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5778 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5779 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5780 msgstr ""
 5781 
 5782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5783 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5784 msgid ""
 5785 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5786 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5787 msgstr ""
 5788 
 5789 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5790 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5791 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5792 msgstr ""
 5793 
 5794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5795 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5796 msgid ""
 5797 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5798 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5799 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5800 msgstr ""
 5801 
 5802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5803 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5804 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5805 msgstr ""
 5806 
 5807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5808 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5809 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5810 msgstr ""
 5811 
 5812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5813 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5814 msgid ""
 5815 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5816 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5817 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5818 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5819 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5820 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5821 msgstr ""
 5822 
 5823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5824 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5825 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5826 msgstr ""
 5827 
 5828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5829 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5830 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5831 msgstr ""
 5832 
 5833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5834 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5835 msgid ""
 5836 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5837 "tested and supported."
 5838 msgstr ""
 5839 
 5840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5841 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5842 msgid ""
 5843 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5844 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5845 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5846 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5847 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5848 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5849 msgstr ""
 5850 
 5851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5852 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5853 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5854 msgstr ""
 5855 
 5856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5857 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5858 #, no-wrap
 5859 msgid ""
 5860 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5861 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5862 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5863 "*$@REALM\n"
 5864 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5865 "host/*\n"
 5866 "                            "
 5867 msgstr ""
 5868 
 5869 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5870 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5871 msgid ""
 5872 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5873 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5874 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5875 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5876 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5877 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5878 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5879 msgstr ""
 5880 
 5881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5882 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5883 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5884 msgstr ""
 5885 
 5886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5887 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5888 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5889 msgstr ""
 5890 
 5891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5892 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5893 msgid ""
 5894 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5895 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5896 "well, this option is ignored."
 5897 msgstr ""
 5898 
 5899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5900 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5901 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5902 msgstr ""
 5903 
 5904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5905 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5906 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5907 msgstr ""
 5908 
 5909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5910 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5911 msgid ""
 5912 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5913 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5914 msgstr ""
 5915 
 5916 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5917 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5918 msgid "Default: false;"
 5919 msgstr "Пешфарз: false;"
 5920 
 5921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5922 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5923 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5924 msgstr ""
 5925 
 5926 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5927 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5928 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5929 msgstr ""
 5930 
 5931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5932 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5933 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5934 msgstr ""
 5935 
 5936 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5937 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5938 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5939 msgstr ""
 5940 
 5941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5942 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5943 msgid ""
 5944 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5945 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5946 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5947 msgstr ""
 5948 
 5949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5950 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5951 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5952 msgstr ""
 5953 
 5954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5955 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5956 msgid ""
 5957 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5958 msgstr ""
 5959 
 5960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5961 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5962 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5963 msgstr ""
 5964 
 5965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5966 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5967 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5968 msgstr ""
 5969 
 5970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5971 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5972 msgid ""
 5973 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5974 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5975 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5976 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5977 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5978 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5979 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5980 msgstr ""
 5981 
 5982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5983 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5984 msgid ""
 5985 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5986 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 5987 "none are found."
 5988 msgstr ""
 5989 
 5990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5991 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 5992 msgid ""
 5993 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 5994 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 5995 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 5996 msgstr ""
 5997 
 5998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5999 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 6000 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 6001 msgstr ""
 6002 
 6003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6004 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 6005 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 6006 msgstr ""
 6007 
 6008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6009 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6010 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6011 msgstr ""
 6012 
 6013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6014 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6015 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6016 msgstr ""
 6017 
 6018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6019 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6020 msgid ""
 6021 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6022 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6023 msgstr ""
 6024 
 6025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6026 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6027 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6028 msgstr ""
 6029 
 6030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6031 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6032 msgid ""
 6033 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6034 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6035 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6036 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6037 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6038 msgstr ""
 6039 
 6040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6041 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6042 msgid ""
 6043 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6044 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6045 "information on the locator plugin."
 6046 msgstr ""
 6047 
 6048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6049 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6050 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6051 msgstr ""
 6052 
 6053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6054 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6055 msgid ""
 6056 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6057 "The following values are allowed:"
 6058 msgstr ""
 6059 
 6060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6061 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6062 msgid ""
 6063 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6064 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6065 msgstr ""
 6066 
 6067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6068 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6069 msgid ""
 6070 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6071 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6072 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6073 msgstr ""
 6074 
 6075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6076 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6077 msgid ""
 6078 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6079 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6080 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6081 msgstr ""
 6082 
 6083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6084 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6085 msgid ""
 6086 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6087 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6088 msgstr ""
 6089 
 6090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6091 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6092 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6093 msgstr ""
 6094 
 6095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6096 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6097 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6098 msgstr ""
 6099 
 6100 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6101 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6102 msgid ""
 6103 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6104 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6105 msgstr ""
 6106 
 6107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6108 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6109 msgid ""
 6110 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6111 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6112 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6113 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6114 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6115 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6116 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6117 "available."
 6118 msgstr ""
 6119 
 6120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6121 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6122 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6123 msgstr ""
 6124 
 6125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6126 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6127 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6128 msgstr ""
 6129 
 6130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6131 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6132 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6133 msgstr ""
 6134 
 6135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6136 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6137 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6138 msgstr ""
 6139 
 6140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6141 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6142 msgid ""
 6143 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6144 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6145 msgstr ""
 6146 
 6147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6148 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6149 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6150 msgstr ""
 6151 
 6152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6153 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6154 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6155 msgstr ""
 6156 
 6157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6158 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6159 msgid ""
 6160 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6161 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6162 msgstr ""
 6163 
 6164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6165 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6166 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6167 msgstr ""
 6168 
 6169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6170 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6171 msgid ""
 6172 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6173 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6174 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6175 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6176 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6177 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6178 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6179 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6180 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6181 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6182 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6183 msgstr ""
 6184 
 6185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6186 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6187 msgid "Example:"
 6188 msgstr "Намуна:"
 6189 
 6190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6191 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6192 #, no-wrap
 6193 msgid ""
 6194 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6195 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6196 "                        "
 6197 msgstr ""
 6198 
 6199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6200 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6201 msgid ""
 6202 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6203 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6204 msgstr ""
 6205 
 6206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6207 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6208 msgid ""
 6209 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6210 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6211 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6212 "while offline and vice versa."
 6213 msgstr ""
 6214 
 6215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6216 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6217 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6218 msgstr ""
 6219 
 6220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6221 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6222 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6223 msgstr ""
 6224 
 6225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6226 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6227 msgid ""
 6228 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6229 "be enabled."
 6230 msgstr ""
 6231 
 6232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6233 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6234 msgid ""
 6235 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6236 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6237 "even if the password is correct."
 6238 msgstr ""
 6239 
 6240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6241 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6242 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6243 msgstr ""
 6244 
 6245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6246 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6247 msgid ""
 6248 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6249 "determine if the account is expired."
 6250 msgstr ""
 6251 
 6252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6253 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6254 msgid ""
 6255 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6256 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6257 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6258 "of the account is checked."
 6259 msgstr ""
 6260 
 6261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6262 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6263 msgid ""
 6264 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6265 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6266 "allowed or not."
 6267 msgstr ""
 6268 
 6269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6270 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6271 msgid ""
 6272 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6273 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6274 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6275 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6276 msgstr ""
 6277 
 6278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6279 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6280 msgid ""
 6281 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6282 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6283 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6284 msgstr ""
 6285 
 6286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6287 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6288 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6289 msgstr ""
 6290 
 6291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6292 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6293 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6294 msgstr ""
 6295 
 6296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6298 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6299 msgstr ""
 6300 
 6301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6302 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6303 msgid ""
 6304 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6305 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6306 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6307 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6308 "work."
 6309 msgstr ""
 6310 
 6311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6312 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6313 msgid ""
 6314 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6315 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6316 msgstr ""
 6317 
 6318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6319 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6320 msgid ""
 6321 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6322 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6323 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6324 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6325 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6326 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6327 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6328 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6329 msgstr ""
 6330 
 6331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6332 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6333 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6334 msgstr ""
 6335 
 6336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6337 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6338 msgid ""
 6339 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6340 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6341 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6342 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6343 "example SSH keys."
 6344 msgstr ""
 6345 
 6346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6347 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6348 msgid ""
 6349 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6350 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6351 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6352 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6353 "immediately."
 6354 msgstr ""
 6355 
 6356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6357 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6358 msgid ""
 6359 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6360 msgstr ""
 6361 
 6362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6363 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6364 msgid ""
 6365 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6366 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6367 msgstr ""
 6368 
 6369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6370 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6371 msgid ""
 6372 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6373 "to determine access"
 6374 msgstr ""
 6375 
 6376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6377 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6378 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6379 msgstr ""
 6380 
 6381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6382 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6383 msgid ""
 6384 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6385 "remote host can access"
 6386 msgstr ""
 6387 
 6388 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6389 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6390 msgid ""
 6391 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6392 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6393 msgstr ""
 6394 
 6395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6396 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6397 msgid "Default: filter"
 6398 msgstr ""
 6399 
 6400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6401 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6402 msgid ""
 6403 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6404 "once."
 6405 msgstr ""
 6406 
 6407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6408 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6409 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6410 msgstr ""
 6411 
 6412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6413 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6414 msgid ""
 6415 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6416 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6417 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6418 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6419 msgstr ""
 6420 
 6421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6422 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6423 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6424 msgstr ""
 6425 
 6426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6427 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6428 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6429 msgstr ""
 6430 
 6431 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6432 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6433 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6434 msgstr ""
 6435 
 6436 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6437 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1407
 6438 msgid ""
 6439 "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
 6440 "following options are allowed:"
 6441 msgstr ""
 6442 
 6443 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6444 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1412
 6445 msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
 6446 msgstr ""
 6447 
 6448 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6449 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1416
 6450 msgid ""
 6451 "<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of "